1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 1999, 2000,01,02,03,04
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
59 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
66 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
67 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
73 #include "dispextern.h"
75 #include "termhooks.h"
83 #include "intervals.h"
89 #include <X11/Shell.h>
92 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
104 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
105 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
108 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
110 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
111 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
116 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
118 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
119 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
121 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
123 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
124 #if defined USE_MOTIF
125 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
126 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
127 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
130 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
132 #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR
133 #define XAW_ARROW_SCROLLBARS
134 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h>
135 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
137 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
138 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
140 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
141 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
142 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
143 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
145 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
147 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
148 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
149 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
154 #ifndef XtNinitialState
155 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
159 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
161 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
165 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
170 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
172 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
174 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
177 static int any_help_event_p
;
179 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
180 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
182 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
184 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
186 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
189 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
191 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
192 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
193 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
194 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
196 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
198 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
199 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
200 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
201 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
203 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
205 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
207 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
210 /* The application context for Xt use. */
211 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
212 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
213 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
215 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
217 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
219 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
220 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
222 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
224 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
225 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
226 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
228 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
232 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
233 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
234 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
235 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
237 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
239 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
240 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
241 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
242 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
243 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
244 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
245 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
246 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
247 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
250 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
252 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
253 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
255 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
257 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
258 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
261 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
262 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
265 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
267 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
268 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
269 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
270 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
271 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
272 it's somewhat accurate. */
274 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
276 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
280 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
282 static int input_signal_count
;
285 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
287 static int x_noop_count
;
289 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
291 extern char **initial_argv
;
292 extern int initial_argc
;
294 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
296 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
298 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
300 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
304 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
306 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
308 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
310 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
311 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
312 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
314 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
315 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
317 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
318 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
320 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
321 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
322 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
323 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
324 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
325 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
327 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
328 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
329 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
330 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
331 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
332 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
333 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
334 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
335 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
336 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
337 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
338 struct display
*x_create_frame_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
339 void x_delete_frame_display
P_ ((struct display
*));
340 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
341 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
342 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
343 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
344 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
345 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct display
*));
346 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct display
*));
347 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
348 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
349 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
350 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
351 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
352 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
353 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
354 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
355 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
356 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
357 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
358 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
359 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
361 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
362 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
363 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
364 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
365 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
366 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
367 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
368 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
369 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
371 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
372 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
373 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
374 int *, struct input_event
*));
377 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
386 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
387 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
388 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
389 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
391 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
392 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
397 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
398 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
399 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
400 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
401 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
404 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
407 /***********************************************************************
409 ***********************************************************************/
413 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
414 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
422 struct record event_record
[100];
424 int event_record_index
;
426 record_event (locus
, type
)
430 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
431 event_record_index
= 0;
433 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
434 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
435 event_record_index
++;
442 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
444 struct x_display_info
*
445 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
448 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
450 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
451 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
459 /***********************************************************************
460 Starting and ending an update
461 ***********************************************************************/
463 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
464 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
465 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
466 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
467 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
476 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
477 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
481 x_update_window_begin (w
)
484 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
485 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
488 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
492 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
494 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
495 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
497 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
499 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
500 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
502 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
503 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
504 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
505 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
506 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
507 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
509 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
510 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
511 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
512 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
513 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
514 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
515 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
519 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
520 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
523 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
524 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
533 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
536 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
540 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
542 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
543 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
546 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
548 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
549 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
551 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
552 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
553 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
555 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
556 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
560 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
562 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
564 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
566 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
571 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
573 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
575 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
576 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
581 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
582 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
583 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
585 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
586 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
587 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
590 updated_window
= NULL
;
594 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
601 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
602 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
606 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
612 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
613 complete update has been performed. The global variable
614 updated_window is not available here. */
617 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
622 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
624 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
625 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
628 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
629 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
630 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
631 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
632 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
639 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
640 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
641 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
642 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
643 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
644 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
647 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
648 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
650 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
656 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
657 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
659 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
660 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
661 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
662 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
663 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
664 overhead is very small. */
665 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
666 && desired_row
->full_width_p
667 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
668 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
670 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
673 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
675 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
676 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
677 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
681 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
682 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
683 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
684 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
685 y
, width
, height
, False
);
691 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
693 struct glyph_row
*row
;
694 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
696 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
697 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
698 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
699 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
700 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
703 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
704 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
707 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
710 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
711 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
712 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
713 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
715 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
718 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
720 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
722 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
723 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
724 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
725 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
727 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
729 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
731 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
732 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
735 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
741 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
742 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
746 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
748 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
750 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
752 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
754 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
755 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
757 face
->background
, depth
);
761 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
762 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
765 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
766 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
767 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
768 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
771 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
772 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
773 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
777 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
778 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
779 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
783 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
788 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
789 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
790 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
794 XTset_terminal_modes (struct display
*display
)
798 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
799 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
802 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct display
*display
)
808 /***********************************************************************
810 ***********************************************************************/
812 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
814 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
817 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
818 is not contained in the font. */
821 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
824 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
826 /* The result metric information. */
827 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
829 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
831 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
833 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
835 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
836 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
837 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
838 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
839 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
840 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
841 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
842 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
843 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
844 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
848 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
849 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
850 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
851 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
853 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
854 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
858 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
860 \ = integer modulus */
861 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
862 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
863 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
864 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
866 pcm
= (font
->per_char
867 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
868 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
869 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
875 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
876 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
877 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
878 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
879 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
880 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
884 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
889 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
890 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
893 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
896 struct font_info
*font_info
;
899 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
900 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
902 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
903 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
905 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
907 /* It's a program. */
908 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
910 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
912 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
913 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
918 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
919 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
920 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
923 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
925 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
927 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
928 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
930 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
932 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
934 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
936 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
938 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
939 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
940 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
942 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
943 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
947 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
949 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
954 /***********************************************************************
956 ***********************************************************************/
960 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
961 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
962 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
964 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
965 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
966 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
967 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
968 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
969 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
970 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
971 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
972 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
973 unsigned long *, double, int));
974 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
975 double, int, unsigned long));
976 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
977 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
978 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
979 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
980 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
981 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
983 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
984 int, int, int, int, int, int,
986 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
987 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
990 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
994 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
999 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1001 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1002 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1003 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1005 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1008 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1012 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1013 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1015 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1016 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1017 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1018 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1019 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1020 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1021 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1023 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1024 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1025 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1027 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1028 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1031 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1032 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1033 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1034 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1036 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1037 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1040 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1041 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1043 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1048 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1051 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1052 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1057 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1058 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1059 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1061 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1063 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1064 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1066 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1067 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1068 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1070 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1071 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1072 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1075 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1080 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1081 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1082 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1083 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1084 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1085 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1087 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1088 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1091 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1092 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1094 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1097 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1101 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1102 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1103 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1106 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1107 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1109 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1113 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1114 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1118 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1119 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1121 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1123 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1125 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1126 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1128 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1130 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1131 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1133 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1135 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1138 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1140 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1141 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1143 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1144 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1146 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1147 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1151 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1152 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1155 /* GC must have been set. */
1156 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1160 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1161 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1164 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1165 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1168 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1169 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1174 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1175 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1178 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1179 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1182 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1185 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1186 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1187 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1188 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1189 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1194 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1197 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1198 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1202 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1203 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1204 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1205 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1209 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1210 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1211 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1212 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1213 contains the first component of a composition. */
1216 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1217 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1220 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1221 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1222 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1224 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1228 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1229 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1230 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1231 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1232 s
->background_width
,
1233 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1234 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1235 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1237 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1238 || s
->font_not_found_p
1239 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1242 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1243 s
->background_width
,
1244 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1245 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1251 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1254 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1255 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1259 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1260 of S to the right of that box line. */
1261 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1262 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1263 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1267 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1269 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1271 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1273 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1274 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1275 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1277 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1282 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1283 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1285 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1286 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1288 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1290 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1291 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1293 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1294 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1295 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1296 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1297 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1298 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
1299 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1301 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1303 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1304 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1306 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1307 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1312 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1313 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1315 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1316 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1319 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1321 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1322 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1324 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1325 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1327 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1328 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1333 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1336 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1337 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1341 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1342 of S to the right of that box line. */
1343 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1344 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1345 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1349 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1350 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1351 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1352 this composition. */
1354 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1355 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1356 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1359 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1360 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1364 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1366 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1367 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1368 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1370 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1371 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1372 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1373 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1380 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1382 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1383 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1384 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1385 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1386 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1389 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1390 cannot be determined. */
1392 static struct frame
*
1393 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1396 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1400 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1402 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1403 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1404 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1405 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1406 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1407 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1409 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1410 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1411 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1412 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1413 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1415 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1416 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1417 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1424 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1425 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1426 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1427 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1430 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1435 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1436 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1440 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1441 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1442 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1443 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1444 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1445 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1448 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1452 unsigned long *pixel
;
1456 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1457 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1461 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1462 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1464 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1466 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1468 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1473 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1474 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1476 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1479 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1481 DPY is the display we are working on.
1483 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1484 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1485 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1486 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1488 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1489 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1491 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1492 we allocated the color or not.
1494 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1497 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1501 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1502 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1512 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1513 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1515 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1519 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1520 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1521 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1523 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1525 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1526 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1528 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1530 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1531 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1533 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1534 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1536 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1537 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1542 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1544 params
[0] = color_name
;
1545 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1546 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1547 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1552 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1554 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1556 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1560 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1564 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1565 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1568 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1573 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1574 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1575 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1577 APP is the application context in which we work.
1579 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1580 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1581 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1583 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1586 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1595 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1597 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1600 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1602 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1603 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1604 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1605 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1606 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1611 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1614 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1615 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1616 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1617 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1619 static const XColor
*
1620 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1624 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1626 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1628 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1631 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1632 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1633 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1634 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1635 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1637 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1638 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1640 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1641 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1644 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1645 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1649 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1650 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1653 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1658 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1660 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1663 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1665 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1666 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1667 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1668 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1672 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1676 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1677 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1680 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1684 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1688 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1689 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1690 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1694 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1701 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1704 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1705 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1706 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1707 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1709 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1711 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1713 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1715 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1716 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1717 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1718 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1720 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1723 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1727 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1728 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1729 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1730 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1734 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1735 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1736 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1737 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1738 XColor
*cached_color
;
1740 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1741 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1742 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1743 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1744 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1746 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1747 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1748 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1752 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1754 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1755 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1761 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1762 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1763 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1767 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1772 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1773 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1777 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1778 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1779 get color reference counts right. */
1782 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1784 unsigned long pixel
;
1788 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1790 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1791 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1793 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1794 register_color (pixel
);
1800 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1801 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1802 get color reference counts right. */
1805 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1808 unsigned long pixel
;
1812 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1814 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1815 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1817 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1818 register_color (pixel
);
1824 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1827 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1828 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1829 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1830 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1831 use an additional additive factor.
1833 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1834 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1835 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1838 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1839 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1840 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1841 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1842 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1843 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1846 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1850 unsigned long *pixel
;
1858 /* Get RGB color values. */
1859 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1860 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1862 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1863 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1864 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1865 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1866 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1868 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1869 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1871 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1872 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1873 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1874 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1875 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1877 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1878 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1879 /* The additive adjustment. */
1880 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1884 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1885 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1886 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1890 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1891 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1892 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1896 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1897 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1900 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1902 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1903 delta to the RGB values. */
1904 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1906 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1907 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1908 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1909 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1920 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1921 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1922 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1923 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1924 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1925 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1928 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1930 struct relief
*relief
;
1933 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1936 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1937 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1938 unsigned long pixel
;
1939 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1940 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1941 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1942 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1944 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1945 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1947 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1948 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1949 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1951 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1953 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1954 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1957 /* Allocate new color. */
1958 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1960 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1961 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1963 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1964 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1967 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1969 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1971 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1974 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1978 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1981 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1982 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1984 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1985 unsigned long color
;
1987 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1988 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1989 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1991 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1992 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1997 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1998 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1999 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2002 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2003 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2005 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2006 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2007 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2008 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2009 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2014 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2015 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2016 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2017 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2018 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2019 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2023 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2024 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2026 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2027 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2028 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2030 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2031 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2036 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2038 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2039 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2043 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2044 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2045 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2046 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2050 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2051 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2052 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2054 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2056 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2058 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2059 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2063 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2064 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2065 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2066 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2070 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2071 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2072 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2074 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2078 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2079 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2080 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2081 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2082 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2083 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2086 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2087 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2088 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2089 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2090 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2094 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2095 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2096 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2099 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2100 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2104 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2105 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2108 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2109 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2113 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2114 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2116 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2117 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2121 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2124 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2125 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2127 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2128 int left_p
, right_p
;
2129 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2130 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2132 last_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
);
2133 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
2134 && !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2136 last_x
+= WINDOW_RIGHT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (s
->w
);
2137 if (s
->area
!= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
2138 || WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (s
->w
))
2139 last_x
+= WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s
->w
);
2142 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2143 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2145 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2147 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2148 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2150 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2152 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2154 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2156 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2157 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2159 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2160 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2161 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2163 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2165 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2167 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2168 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2169 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2172 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2173 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2174 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2179 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2182 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2183 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2186 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2188 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2189 right of that line. */
2190 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2191 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2193 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2195 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2197 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2198 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2199 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2200 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2206 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2207 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2208 trust on the shape extension to be available
2209 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2211 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2214 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2216 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2217 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2218 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2219 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2220 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2222 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2225 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2226 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2227 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2228 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2229 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2230 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2234 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2236 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2239 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2240 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2241 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2242 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2243 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2244 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2246 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2247 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2248 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2249 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2250 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2251 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2252 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2254 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2256 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2258 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2259 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2264 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2265 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2266 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2270 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2273 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2274 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2276 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2279 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2281 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2282 right of that line. */
2283 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2284 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2286 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2288 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2290 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2291 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2292 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2293 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2295 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2296 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2298 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2299 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2303 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2304 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2309 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2310 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2312 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2313 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2314 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2316 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2318 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2323 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2326 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2327 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2331 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2333 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2334 right of that line. */
2335 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2336 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2338 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2340 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2342 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2343 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2344 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2345 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2351 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2352 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2353 trust on the shape extension to be available
2354 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2356 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2360 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2361 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2362 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2363 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2364 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2366 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2367 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2368 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2369 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2373 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2374 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2375 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2377 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2378 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2379 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2380 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2381 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2382 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2383 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2385 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2387 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2388 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2389 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2394 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2395 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2396 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2400 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2401 give the rectangle to draw. */
2404 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2405 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2410 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2411 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2412 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2413 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2416 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2420 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2423 s->x +-------------------------
2426 | +-------------------------
2429 | | +-------------------
2435 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2436 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2438 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2439 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2441 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2444 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2445 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2446 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2447 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2449 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2450 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2452 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2453 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2457 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2458 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2462 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2463 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2464 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2465 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2466 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2468 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2469 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2470 s
->background_width
,
2473 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2475 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2477 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2480 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2481 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2482 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2483 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2484 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2489 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2491 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2492 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2493 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2494 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2502 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2504 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2506 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2507 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2509 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2512 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2515 /* Draw the foreground. */
2518 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2519 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2520 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2521 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2522 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2525 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2527 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2529 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2530 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2531 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2535 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2538 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2539 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2541 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2542 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2544 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2545 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2547 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2548 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2549 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2552 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2554 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2555 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2557 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2558 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2562 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2563 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2565 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2571 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2572 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2574 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2576 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2577 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2578 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2579 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2584 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2585 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2586 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2587 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2591 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2592 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2595 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2599 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2602 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2603 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2605 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2607 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2608 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2609 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2610 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2612 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2613 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2614 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2615 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2618 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2619 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2621 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2622 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2623 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
2624 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2625 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2626 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2629 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2630 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2631 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2632 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2636 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2638 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2641 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2645 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2649 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2650 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2652 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2653 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2656 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2657 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2658 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2660 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2661 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2668 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2670 /* Draw underline. */
2671 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2673 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2676 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2677 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2680 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2681 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2682 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2683 specs, and its default is
2685 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2686 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2688 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2689 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2690 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2691 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2692 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2694 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2696 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2697 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2698 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2702 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2703 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2704 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2705 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2706 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2710 /* Draw overline. */
2711 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2713 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2715 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2716 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2721 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2722 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2723 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2725 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2729 /* Draw strike-through. */
2730 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2732 unsigned long h
= 1;
2733 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2735 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2736 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2741 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2742 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2743 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2745 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2749 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2750 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2751 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2754 /* Reset clipping. */
2755 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2758 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2761 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2763 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2765 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2766 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2767 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2771 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2775 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
2783 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2784 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2787 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2794 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2795 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2799 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2802 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2804 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2806 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2807 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2808 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2810 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2811 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2813 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2815 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2816 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2817 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2819 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2826 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2828 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2829 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2831 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2834 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2835 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2838 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2839 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2841 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2842 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2843 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2845 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2846 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2850 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2852 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2853 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2857 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2859 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2860 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2862 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2864 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2876 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2877 pixels into background pixels. */
2881 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2882 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2883 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2885 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2886 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2890 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2891 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2892 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2893 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2894 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2895 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2896 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2900 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2901 edge it is next to. */
2902 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2904 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2905 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2908 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2909 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2916 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2918 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2919 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2921 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2923 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2924 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2925 width
, flash_height
);
2926 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2928 (height
- flash_height
2929 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2930 width
, flash_height
);
2933 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2934 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2935 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2936 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2941 struct timeval wakeup
;
2943 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2945 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2946 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2947 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2948 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2950 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2952 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2954 struct timeval current
;
2955 struct timeval timeout
;
2957 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2959 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2960 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2963 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2965 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2967 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2968 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2972 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2973 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2975 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2977 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2978 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2979 width
, flash_height
);
2980 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2982 (height
- flash_height
2983 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2984 width
, flash_height
);
2987 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2988 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2989 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2990 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2992 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3000 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3003 /* Make audible bell. */
3008 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3010 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3012 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3019 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3020 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3027 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3028 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3029 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3030 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3033 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3036 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3041 /***********************************************************************
3043 ***********************************************************************/
3045 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3046 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3049 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3057 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3060 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3064 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3065 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3067 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3068 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3070 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3072 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3073 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3074 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3078 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3079 line at the bottom. */
3080 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3081 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3083 height
= run
->height
;
3087 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3089 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3090 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3092 height
= run
->height
;
3097 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3101 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3102 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3103 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3113 /***********************************************************************
3115 ***********************************************************************/
3122 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3123 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3124 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3125 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3127 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3128 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3130 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3134 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3137 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3138 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3139 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3140 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3142 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3143 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3145 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3148 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3149 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3150 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3151 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3152 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3155 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3156 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3157 struct frame
*frame
;
3159 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3161 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3163 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3164 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3165 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3167 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3168 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3171 selected_frame
= frame
;
3172 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3174 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3175 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3178 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3179 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3181 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3184 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3187 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3188 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3189 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3192 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3195 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3196 struct frame
*frame
;
3197 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3199 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3201 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3203 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3204 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3206 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3207 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3208 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3209 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3210 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3212 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3213 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3217 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3220 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3221 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3224 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3226 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3228 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3230 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3231 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3235 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3236 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3241 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3242 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3244 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3247 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3248 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3250 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3252 struct frame
*frame
;
3254 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3258 switch (event
->type
)
3263 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3265 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3267 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3268 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3269 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3270 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3272 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3278 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3279 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3280 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3281 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3287 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3290 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3291 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3293 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3296 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3297 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3298 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3300 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3301 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3302 the appropriate X display info. */
3305 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3306 struct frame
*frame
;
3308 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3312 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3313 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3315 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3317 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3319 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3320 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3321 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3322 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3323 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3325 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3326 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3330 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3332 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3335 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3336 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3337 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3343 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3345 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3347 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3348 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3350 int min_code
, max_code
;
3353 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3355 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3356 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3357 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3358 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3359 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3362 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3364 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3365 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3368 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3369 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3371 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3373 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3374 Alt keysyms are on. */
3376 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3377 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3379 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3381 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3382 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3384 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3386 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3390 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3394 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3396 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3402 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3403 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3408 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3409 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3414 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3415 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3416 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3417 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3422 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3423 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3424 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3425 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3429 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3430 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3431 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3432 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3433 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3442 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3443 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3445 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3446 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3449 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3450 make them just meta, not alt. */
3451 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3453 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3456 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3457 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3460 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3464 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3465 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3468 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3469 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3470 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3471 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3474 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3475 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3476 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3477 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3478 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3479 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3480 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3481 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3484 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3485 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3486 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3487 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3488 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3489 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3493 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3494 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3497 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3498 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3499 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3500 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3504 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3505 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3506 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3507 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3508 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3509 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3510 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3511 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3514 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3515 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3516 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3517 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3518 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3519 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3522 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3525 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3531 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3539 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3541 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3543 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3547 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3548 struct input_event
*result
;
3549 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3552 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3554 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3555 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3556 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3557 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3559 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3563 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3564 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3565 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3571 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3572 The input handler calls this.
3574 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3575 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3576 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3577 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3579 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3580 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3583 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3585 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3587 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3588 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3589 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3591 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3593 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3594 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3595 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3598 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3599 else if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3600 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3601 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3602 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3604 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3605 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3606 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3611 /************************************************************************
3613 ************************************************************************/
3616 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3618 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3619 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3620 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3621 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3622 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3626 static int glyph_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int, XRectangle
*));
3629 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
3630 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
3631 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
3635 glyph_rect (f
, x
, y
, rect
)
3642 struct glyph_row
*r
, *end_row
;
3644 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, &x
, &y
, 0);
3648 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
3649 r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
3650 end_row
= r
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1;
3652 for (; r
< end_row
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
3656 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
3657 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
3659 while (g
< end
&& gx
< x
)
3660 gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
;
3663 rect
->width
= g
->pixel_width
;
3664 rect
->height
= r
->height
;
3665 rect
->x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, gx
);
3666 rect
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->y
);
3677 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3678 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3680 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3681 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3682 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3683 position on the scroll bar.
3685 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3686 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3689 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3690 was at this position.
3692 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3694 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3698 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3701 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3702 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3704 unsigned long *time
;
3710 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3711 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3717 Window dummy_window
;
3720 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3722 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3723 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3724 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3725 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3726 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3728 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3730 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3731 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3732 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3734 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3737 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3738 a different screen. */
3741 /* The position on that root window. */
3744 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3747 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3749 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3751 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3752 containing the pointer. */
3756 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3761 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3762 structure is changing at the same time this function
3763 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3765 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3767 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3768 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3770 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3771 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3772 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3774 /* From-window, to-window. */
3775 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3777 /* From-position, to-position. */
3778 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3782 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3788 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3790 /* From-window, to-window. */
3793 /* From-position, to-position. */
3794 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3799 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3807 /* Now we know that:
3808 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3809 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3810 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3811 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3812 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3813 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3814 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3815 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3816 never use them in that case.) */
3818 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3819 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3821 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3822 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3825 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3826 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3828 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3831 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3834 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3836 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3839 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3841 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3845 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3851 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3852 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3856 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3857 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3858 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3859 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3860 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3861 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3862 the frame are divided into. */
3864 int width
, height
, gx
, gy
;
3867 if (glyph_rect (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &rect
))
3868 last_mouse_glyph
= rect
;
3871 width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
3872 height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
3876 /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to
3877 round down even for negative values. */
3882 gx
= (gx
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
3883 gy
= (gy
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
3885 last_mouse_glyph
.width
= width
;
3886 last_mouse_glyph
.height
= height
;
3887 last_mouse_glyph
.x
= gx
;
3888 last_mouse_glyph
.y
= gy
;
3894 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3895 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3896 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3906 /***********************************************************************
3908 ***********************************************************************/
3910 /* Scroll bar support. */
3912 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3914 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3917 static struct scroll_bar
*
3918 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3924 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3925 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3926 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3928 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3929 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3932 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3934 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3935 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3936 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3939 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
3942 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3944 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3945 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3946 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3947 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3948 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3951 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3952 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3953 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3954 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3961 #if defined USE_LUCID
3963 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3964 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3967 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3972 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3973 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3976 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
3978 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3979 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3981 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3989 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3992 /************************************************************************
3994 ************************************************************************/
3996 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3998 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3999 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
4000 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
4001 struct scroll_bar
*));
4002 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4006 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4007 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4009 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4011 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4013 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4015 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4016 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4019 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4021 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4023 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4025 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4026 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4027 to avoid jerkyness. */
4029 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4031 extern void set_vertical_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct window
*));
4033 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4034 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4035 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4036 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4039 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4042 XtPointer client_data
;
4046 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4052 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4053 end_action
= "Release";
4054 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4055 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4056 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4057 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4060 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4061 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4065 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4066 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4067 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4069 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4071 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4072 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4073 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4075 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4076 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4078 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4079 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4082 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4084 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4085 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4087 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4088 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4091 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4092 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4093 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4094 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4097 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4099 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4102 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4103 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4104 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4109 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4110 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4111 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4112 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4113 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4116 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4117 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4118 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4119 into that array in the event. */
4120 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4121 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4124 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4126 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4127 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4128 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4130 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4132 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4133 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4136 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4137 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4138 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4139 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4140 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4141 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4143 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4144 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4146 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4147 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4148 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4149 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4154 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4158 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4160 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4162 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4167 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4168 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4170 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4171 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4173 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4174 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4177 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4179 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4181 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4182 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4183 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4184 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4185 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4191 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4193 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4196 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4197 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4198 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4201 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4203 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4205 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4206 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4207 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4211 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4212 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4213 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4216 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4217 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4218 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4221 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4222 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4223 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4226 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4227 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4228 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4232 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4233 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4236 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4237 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4238 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4245 /* Get the slider size. */
4247 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4250 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4251 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4252 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4253 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4257 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4263 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4264 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4265 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4270 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4272 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4273 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4276 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4280 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4286 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4287 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4289 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4291 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4294 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4296 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4302 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4304 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4306 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4308 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4309 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4311 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4313 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4314 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4316 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4318 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4319 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4321 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4323 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4324 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4328 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4329 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4330 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4331 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4336 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4337 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4338 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4342 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4344 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4345 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4346 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4350 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4352 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4354 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4355 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4357 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4360 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4362 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4366 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4368 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4369 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4370 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4371 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4372 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4374 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4376 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4378 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4379 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4380 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4381 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4385 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4386 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4387 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4388 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4389 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4390 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4391 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4394 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4396 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4398 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4399 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4400 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4404 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4406 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4409 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4410 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4412 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4413 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4414 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4415 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4417 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4419 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4420 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4421 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4422 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4425 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4426 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4428 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4430 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4431 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4435 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4437 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4439 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4442 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4447 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4450 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4452 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4458 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4459 unsigned long pixel
;
4464 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4465 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4466 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4467 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4468 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4469 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4470 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4471 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4473 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4476 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4480 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4483 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4487 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4488 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4490 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4491 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4493 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4495 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4497 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4499 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4501 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4503 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4506 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4507 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4509 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4510 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4511 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4512 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4514 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4516 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4517 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4518 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4519 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4520 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4521 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4522 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4523 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4525 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4528 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4532 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4535 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4539 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4541 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4542 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4544 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4545 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4546 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4548 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4550 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4552 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4553 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4554 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4556 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4559 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4560 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4561 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4562 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4563 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4565 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4569 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4570 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4571 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4573 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4575 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4578 /* Specify the colors. */
4579 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4582 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "topShadowPixel", pixel
);
4585 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4588 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "bottomShadowPixel", pixel
);
4593 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4594 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4598 char *val
= initial
;
4599 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4600 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4602 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4603 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4604 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */
4605 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4609 /* Define callbacks. */
4610 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4611 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4614 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4615 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4617 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4619 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4620 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4621 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4622 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4624 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4625 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4626 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4627 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4631 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4634 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4635 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4639 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4640 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4641 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4643 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4646 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4648 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4649 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4650 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4652 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4653 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4660 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4661 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4662 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4663 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4664 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4665 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4666 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4667 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4668 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4669 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4670 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4671 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4672 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4673 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4680 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4681 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4684 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4688 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4689 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4691 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4692 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4693 size
= max (size
, 1);
4695 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4696 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4697 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4699 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4701 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4707 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4708 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4712 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4714 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4715 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4716 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4720 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4721 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4722 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4725 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4726 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4728 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4729 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4730 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4731 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4733 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4734 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4738 ScrollbarWidget sb
= (ScrollbarWidget
) widget
;
4739 int scroll_mode
= 0;
4741 /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */
4742 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
)
4744 /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging
4745 so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */
4746 scroll_mode
= sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
;
4747 if (scroll_mode
== 2)
4748 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= 0;
4751 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4752 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4753 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4755 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4758 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& scroll_mode
== 2)
4759 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= scroll_mode
;
4764 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4768 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4770 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4774 /************************************************************************
4775 Scroll bars, general
4776 ************************************************************************/
4778 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4779 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4780 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4783 static struct scroll_bar
*
4784 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4786 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4788 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4789 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4790 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4794 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4795 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4796 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4798 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4802 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4803 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4804 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4806 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4807 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4809 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4811 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4813 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4814 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4815 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4816 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4817 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4819 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4821 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4822 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4823 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4825 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4827 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4834 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4836 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4838 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4839 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4840 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4841 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4842 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4843 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4844 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4845 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4847 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4848 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4850 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4851 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4852 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4854 /* Map the window/widget. */
4855 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4858 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4859 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4861 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4862 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4864 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4865 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4866 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4867 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4868 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4870 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4871 max (height
, 1), 0);
4872 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4873 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4875 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4876 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4877 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4884 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4886 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4887 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4888 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4891 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4892 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4893 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4894 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4895 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4897 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4900 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4901 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4905 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4906 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4907 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4908 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4910 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4912 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4913 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4919 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4920 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4921 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4923 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4924 the distance between start and end. */
4926 int length
= end
- start
;
4930 else if (start
> top_range
)
4932 end
= start
+ length
;
4936 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4940 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4941 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4942 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4944 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4945 if (end
> top_range
)
4948 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4949 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4950 that many pixels tall. */
4951 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4953 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4954 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4956 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4957 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4958 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4959 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4960 inside_width
, start
,
4963 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4964 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4965 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4966 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4968 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4969 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4970 /* x, y, width, height */
4971 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4972 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4973 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4975 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4976 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4977 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4978 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4980 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4981 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4982 if (end
< inside_height
)
4983 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4984 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4985 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4986 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4987 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4995 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4997 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5001 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5002 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5004 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5007 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5009 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
5010 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5011 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5012 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5014 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
5017 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5018 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5024 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5025 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5026 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5030 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5032 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5034 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5035 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5036 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5037 int window_y
, window_height
;
5039 /* Get window dimensions. */
5040 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5042 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5043 height
= window_height
;
5045 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5046 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5048 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5049 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5050 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5051 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5055 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5056 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5057 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5059 (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5060 ? width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5064 (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5065 ? (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5066 : width
- sb_width
));
5068 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5069 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5074 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5075 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5077 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5080 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5081 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5085 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5089 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5090 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5092 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5096 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5098 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5100 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5102 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5105 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5107 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5110 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5111 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5112 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5113 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5114 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5116 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5117 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5119 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5120 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5122 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5123 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5124 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5126 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5127 max (height
, 1), 0);
5128 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5130 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5132 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5133 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5134 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5136 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5137 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5139 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5140 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5141 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5145 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5146 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5147 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5150 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5151 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5152 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5154 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5155 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5156 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5157 rest
, height
, False
);
5159 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5160 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5164 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5169 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5171 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5173 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5177 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5179 /* Remember new settings. */
5180 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5181 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5182 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5183 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5188 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5189 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5190 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5191 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5193 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5195 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5198 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5201 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5202 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5203 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5206 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5208 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5212 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5213 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5214 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5215 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5216 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5217 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5218 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5220 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5221 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5222 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5225 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5228 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5229 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5232 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5233 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5234 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5235 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5236 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5237 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5238 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5243 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5244 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5247 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5248 struct window
*window
;
5250 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5253 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5254 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5257 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5259 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5260 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5261 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5263 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5265 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5266 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5268 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5269 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5270 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5272 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5273 one or the other! */
5277 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5279 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5280 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5282 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5284 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5285 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5286 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5289 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5290 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5293 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5296 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5298 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5300 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5301 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5302 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5304 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5306 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5308 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5311 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5314 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5315 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5319 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5320 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5321 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5323 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5327 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5328 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5331 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5332 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5333 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5334 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5338 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5340 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5341 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5343 /* x, y, width, height */
5345 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5346 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5351 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5353 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5354 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5356 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5361 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5362 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5364 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5366 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5369 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5370 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5371 emacs_event
->modifiers
5372 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5373 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5374 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5375 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5378 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5379 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5380 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5383 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5385 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5388 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5389 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5392 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5394 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5395 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5396 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5397 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5399 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5401 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5402 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5403 whether or not we're dragging. */
5405 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5407 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5408 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5409 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5412 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5413 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5414 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5415 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5417 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5418 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5420 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5421 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5425 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5427 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5429 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5430 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5432 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5434 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5437 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5441 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5443 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5445 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5449 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5450 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5453 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5455 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5458 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5460 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5461 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5463 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5464 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5466 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5468 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5470 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5475 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5477 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5478 on the scroll bar. */
5481 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5483 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5484 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5486 unsigned long *time
;
5488 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5489 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5490 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5492 Window dummy_window
;
5494 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5498 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5500 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5502 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5503 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5504 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5506 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5509 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5516 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5519 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5521 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5523 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5524 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5528 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5532 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5534 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5535 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5536 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5537 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5538 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5539 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5541 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5543 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5544 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5547 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5550 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5556 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5557 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5558 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5562 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5565 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5568 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5569 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5570 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5571 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5572 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5573 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5574 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5575 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5577 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5581 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5584 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5585 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5586 sometimes don't work. */
5588 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5591 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5592 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5593 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5594 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5596 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5597 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5599 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5601 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5602 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5604 static int temp_index
;
5605 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5607 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5608 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5610 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5612 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5613 on a particular display. */
5615 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5617 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5618 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5619 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5620 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5622 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5624 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5627 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5628 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5629 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5630 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5631 inev.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5632 XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); \
5636 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5637 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5647 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5648 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5649 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5651 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5653 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5657 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5658 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5661 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5662 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5663 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5666 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5667 event
->xclient
.window
);
5669 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5674 static int current_count
;
5675 static int current_finish
;
5676 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5678 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5679 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5680 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5681 static GdkFilterReturn
5682 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5687 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5689 if (current_count
>= 0)
5691 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5693 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5696 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5697 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5698 so we do it here. */
5699 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5700 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5701 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5705 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5709 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5714 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5716 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5717 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5719 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5721 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5724 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5726 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5727 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5728 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5730 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5733 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5734 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5737 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5739 struct input_event inev
;
5744 struct coding_system coding
;
5745 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5747 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5750 inev
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5757 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5758 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5759 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5761 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5762 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5764 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5765 could be the shell widget window
5766 if the frame has no title bar. */
5767 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5769 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5770 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5771 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5773 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5774 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5775 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5776 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5777 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5780 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5781 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5782 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5783 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5786 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5787 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5788 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5791 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5792 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5793 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5794 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5795 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5796 /* The ICCCM says this is
5797 the only valid choice. */
5799 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5800 /* This is needed to detect the error
5801 if there is an error. */
5803 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5805 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5810 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5811 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5813 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5814 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5815 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5816 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5817 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5818 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5819 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5820 session manager and one for this. */
5822 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5825 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5826 event
.xclient
.window
);
5827 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5828 for a single Emacs process. */
5829 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5830 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5831 event
.xclient
.window
,
5832 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5834 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5835 event
.xclient
.window
,
5841 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5842 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5844 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5845 event
.xclient
.window
);
5847 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5849 inev
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5850 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5857 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5858 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5863 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5864 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5867 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5869 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5870 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5874 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5881 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5882 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5884 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5885 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5889 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5891 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5892 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5893 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5894 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5896 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5897 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5898 currently never do because we are interested in
5899 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5900 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5901 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5902 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5903 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5907 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5908 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5909 we construct an input_event. */
5910 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5911 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5913 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
);
5914 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5917 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5919 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5924 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
))
5925 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5929 case SelectionNotify
:
5930 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5931 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5933 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5934 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5937 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5938 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5939 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5941 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5943 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5945 inev
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5946 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
) = eventp
->display
;
5947 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
) = eventp
->selection
;
5948 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
) = eventp
->time
;
5949 inev
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5953 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5954 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5955 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5957 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5959 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5960 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5962 inev
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5963 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
) = eventp
->display
;
5964 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5965 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
) = eventp
->selection
;
5966 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
) = eventp
->target
;
5967 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
) = eventp
->property
;
5968 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
) = eventp
->time
;
5969 inev
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5973 case PropertyNotify
:
5974 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5975 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5976 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5977 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5978 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
5982 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5985 case ReparentNotify
:
5986 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5990 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5991 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5995 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
5996 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6001 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6004 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6006 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6008 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6009 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6010 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6011 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6015 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6016 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6020 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6021 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6023 #if defined USE_LUCID
6024 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6025 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6026 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6029 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6031 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6033 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6035 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6036 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6038 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6039 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6040 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6043 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6044 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6047 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6048 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6052 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6053 source area was obscured or not
6055 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6059 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6060 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6061 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6063 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6066 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6069 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6070 source area was completely
6075 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6076 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6079 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6082 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6083 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6084 the frame was deleted. */
6086 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6087 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6088 display that won't ever be seen. */
6089 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6090 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6091 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6092 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6093 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6094 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6095 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6096 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6098 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6100 inev
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6101 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6107 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6108 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6109 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6112 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6113 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6114 frame is visible. */
6115 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6118 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6119 the frame's display structures.
6120 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6121 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6122 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6123 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6124 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6125 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6127 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6128 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6129 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6133 inev
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6134 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6136 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6137 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6138 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6139 to update the frame titles
6140 in case this is the second frame. */
6141 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6147 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6149 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6150 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6151 if (popup_activated ())
6155 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6157 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6159 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6160 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6163 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6166 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6167 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6168 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6170 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6172 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6173 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6176 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6180 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6181 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6182 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6185 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6186 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6187 status_return even if the input is too long to
6188 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6189 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6190 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6191 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6192 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6193 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6194 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6196 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6200 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6201 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6202 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6204 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6208 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6209 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6210 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6212 /* This will have to go some day... */
6214 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6215 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6216 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6217 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6218 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6219 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6220 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6222 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6223 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6224 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6225 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6226 not it is combined with Meta. */
6227 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6228 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6233 Status status_return
;
6235 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6236 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6237 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6238 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6240 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6242 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6243 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6244 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6245 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6246 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6249 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6250 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6251 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6252 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6253 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6254 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6255 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6256 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6258 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6260 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6261 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6262 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6265 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6271 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6273 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6278 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6279 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6283 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6284 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6287 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6288 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6292 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6293 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6294 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6297 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6299 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6300 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6302 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6303 inev
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6305 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6306 translations to characters. */
6307 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6308 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6310 inev
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6315 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6316 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6317 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6321 inev
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6322 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6323 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6324 inev
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6328 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6329 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6330 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6331 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6332 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6333 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6335 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6336 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6338 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6339 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6340 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6341 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6342 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6343 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6345 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6346 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6348 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6349 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6351 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6352 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6354 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6355 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6357 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6358 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6360 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6361 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6363 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6364 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6366 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6367 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6369 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6370 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6372 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6373 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6375 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6376 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6378 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6379 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6381 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6382 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6384 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6385 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6386 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6387 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6388 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6389 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6391 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6392 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6395 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6397 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6398 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6399 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6400 don't have real modifiers but
6401 should be treated similarly to
6402 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6403 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6404 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6406 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6407 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6411 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6412 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6414 inev
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6419 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6424 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6425 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6426 we used just above and the locale. */
6427 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6428 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6429 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6430 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6431 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6432 gives us composition information. */
6433 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6435 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6437 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6441 /* Decode the input data. */
6445 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6446 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6447 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6448 /* We explicitly disable composition handling because
6449 key data should not contain any composition sequence. */
6450 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6451 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
, nbytes
, require
);
6452 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6453 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6457 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6458 character events. */
6459 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6461 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6462 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6464 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6466 inev
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6467 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6468 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6470 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
6473 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6474 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6477 inev
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6479 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6485 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6486 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6495 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6496 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6504 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6506 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6508 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6509 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6512 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6514 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6515 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6517 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6519 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6520 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6523 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6524 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6527 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6528 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6529 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6530 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6534 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6538 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6540 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6543 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6545 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6546 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6547 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6548 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6551 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6552 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6553 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6554 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6555 if (any_help_event_p
)
6561 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6566 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6567 help_echo_string
= help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
6570 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6571 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6572 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6574 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6576 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6578 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6579 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6585 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6586 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6590 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6591 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6594 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6595 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6596 will be selected iff it is active. */
6597 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6598 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6599 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6601 inev
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6602 inev
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6607 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6611 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6612 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6613 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6614 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6617 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6618 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6620 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6621 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6622 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6625 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6626 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6627 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6628 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6633 case ConfigureNotify
:
6634 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6637 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6639 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6640 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6641 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6642 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6643 do this one, the right one will come later.
6644 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6645 need to reset it below. */
6647 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6648 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6649 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6650 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6655 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6656 is called by the code that handles resizing
6657 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6659 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6660 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6661 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6662 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6663 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6664 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6665 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6667 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6668 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6669 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6671 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6674 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6675 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6678 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6679 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6680 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6681 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6684 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6685 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6686 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6688 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6689 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6690 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6694 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6695 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6698 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6700 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6701 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6702 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6703 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6711 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6712 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6715 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6717 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6719 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6720 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6722 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6726 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6727 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6728 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6731 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6732 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6734 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6735 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6737 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6738 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6740 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6741 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6742 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6748 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6749 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6751 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6752 if (! popup_activated ())
6755 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6757 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6758 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6760 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6761 construct_mouse_click (&inev
, &event
, f
);
6763 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6764 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6767 construct_mouse_click (&inev
, &event
, f
);
6773 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6774 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6775 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6777 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6778 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6780 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6782 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
);
6783 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6785 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6787 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
);
6788 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6791 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6793 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6794 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6795 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
6796 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
6797 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
6803 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6806 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6808 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6809 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6810 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6811 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6812 Instead, save it away
6813 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6814 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6817 ! popup_activated ()
6820 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6821 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6822 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6823 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6824 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6825 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6826 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6827 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6829 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6830 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6832 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6835 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6837 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6841 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6842 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6843 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6845 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6847 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6848 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6849 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6854 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6857 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6861 case CirculateNotify
:
6864 case CirculateRequest
:
6867 case VisibilityNotify
:
6871 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6873 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6875 case MappingModifier
:
6876 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6877 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6878 case MappingKeyboard
:
6879 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6885 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6887 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6888 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6890 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6895 if (inev
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6897 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
6902 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6907 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6913 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6914 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6915 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6919 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6920 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6930 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6931 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6932 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6934 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6936 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6940 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6941 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6943 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6946 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6952 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6953 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6954 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6956 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6957 thus pretending to be `read'.
6959 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6962 XTread_socket (display
, expected
, hold_quit
)
6963 struct display
*display
;
6965 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
6969 int event_found
= 0;
6970 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6972 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
6974 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
6978 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
6981 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
6982 input_signal_count
++;
6986 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
6987 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
6988 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
6990 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
6992 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
6993 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
6994 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
6995 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
6996 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
6997 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7000 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7001 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7002 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7003 for X connections. */
7006 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7008 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7009 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7010 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7011 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7013 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7017 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7018 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7020 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7021 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7026 struct input_event inev
;
7028 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7029 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7030 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7032 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7040 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7044 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7047 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7048 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7053 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7055 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7058 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7063 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7064 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7065 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7066 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7068 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7069 from all displays. */
7071 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7073 current_count
= count
;
7074 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7076 gtk_main_iteration ();
7078 count
= current_count
;
7080 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7082 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7085 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7089 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7090 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7093 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7094 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7095 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7097 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7101 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7102 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7104 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7106 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7107 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7111 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7113 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7114 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7116 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7117 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7129 /***********************************************************************
7131 ***********************************************************************/
7133 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7134 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7136 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7137 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7138 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7141 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7143 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7147 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7148 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7149 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7151 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7153 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7154 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
7155 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7156 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7157 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7159 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7163 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7166 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7168 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7170 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7171 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7172 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7175 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7178 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7179 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7180 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7181 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7184 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
7185 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
7186 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
7188 wd
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- 1;
7189 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
7190 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
7191 wd
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
), wd
);
7192 w
->phys_cursor_width
= wd
;
7194 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
7196 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7197 y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
7199 /* Compute the proper height and ascent of the rectangle, based
7200 on the actual glyph. Using the full height of the row looks
7201 bad when there are tall images on that row. */
7202 h
= max (min (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), row
->height
),
7203 cursor_glyph
->ascent
+ cursor_glyph
->descent
);
7204 if (h
< row
->height
)
7205 y
+= row
->ascent
/* - w->phys_cursor_ascent */ + cursor_glyph
->descent
- h
;
7208 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7209 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7210 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7211 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7212 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7214 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7215 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7216 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7218 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7219 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7220 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7221 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7225 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7227 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7228 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7229 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7233 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7235 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7237 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7239 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7240 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7242 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7243 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7245 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7246 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7249 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7250 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7251 the bar might not be in the window. */
7252 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7254 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7255 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7256 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7260 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7261 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7262 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7263 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7264 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7267 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7268 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7269 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7270 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7271 that the glyph is legible. */
7272 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7273 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7275 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7276 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7279 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7282 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7283 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7287 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7288 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7290 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7291 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7293 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7294 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7295 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7296 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7297 width
, row
->height
);
7299 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7300 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7301 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7302 row
->height
- width
),
7303 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7306 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7311 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7314 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7318 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7322 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7325 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7327 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7329 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7330 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7334 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7337 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7339 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7341 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7344 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7348 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7349 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7351 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7352 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7354 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7355 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7358 switch (cursor_type
)
7360 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7361 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7364 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7365 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7369 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7373 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7377 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7385 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7386 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7387 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7392 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7399 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7402 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7408 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7411 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7412 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7413 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7414 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7419 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7420 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7421 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7423 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7424 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7425 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7429 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7430 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7432 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
7433 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
7434 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
7435 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7438 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7439 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7440 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7441 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7442 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7444 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7447 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7448 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7454 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7455 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7458 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7462 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7468 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7469 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7471 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7472 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7474 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7475 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7476 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7478 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7479 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7480 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7481 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7486 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7488 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7489 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7491 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
7493 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7494 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7495 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7498 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7502 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7503 SDATA (x_error_message_string
),
7504 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7507 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7508 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7511 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7512 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7513 stored in x_error_message_string.
7515 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7516 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7518 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7520 void x_check_errors ();
7521 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7524 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7527 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7529 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7532 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
,
7533 Fcons (make_save_value (dpy
, 0),
7534 x_error_message_string
));
7536 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7537 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7542 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7545 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
7546 Lisp_Object old_val
;
7548 Lisp_Object first
= XCAR (old_val
);
7549 Display
*dpy
= XSAVE_VALUE (first
)->pointer
;
7551 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7552 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7553 if (x_display_info_for_display (dpy
) != 0)
7560 x_error_message_string
= XCDR (old_val
);
7564 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7565 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7566 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7569 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7573 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7576 if (SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0))
7577 error (format
, SDATA (x_error_message_string
));
7580 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7581 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7584 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7587 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7590 return SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0) != 0;
7593 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7596 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7599 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7602 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7603 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7604 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7605 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7608 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7612 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7616 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7619 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7624 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7625 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7626 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7627 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7628 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7631 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7632 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7635 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7636 must reestablish each time */
7637 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7642 /************************************************************************
7644 ************************************************************************/
7646 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7648 static char *error_msg
;
7650 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7651 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7652 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7655 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7657 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7661 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7662 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7665 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7667 char *error_message
;
7669 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7670 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7672 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7674 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7675 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7676 handling_signal
= 0;
7678 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7679 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7680 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7681 the original message here. */
7682 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7684 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7685 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7686 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7688 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7689 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7690 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7692 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7693 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7695 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7696 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7697 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7699 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7700 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7701 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7704 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7705 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7706 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7707 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7713 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7716 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7718 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7720 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7721 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7723 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7724 that are on the dead display. */
7725 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7727 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7729 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7730 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7731 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7732 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7733 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7734 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7737 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7738 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7739 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7740 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7741 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7742 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7744 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7745 trying to find a replacement. */
7746 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7747 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7751 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7753 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7755 if (display_list
== 0)
7757 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7758 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7762 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7764 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7766 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7767 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7769 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7770 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7771 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7775 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7776 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7777 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7780 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7784 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7786 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7787 original error handler. */
7789 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7790 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7791 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7792 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7796 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7797 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7800 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7804 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
7805 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7807 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7811 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7812 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7813 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7816 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7821 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7822 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7826 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7828 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7829 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7830 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7831 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7834 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7836 register char *fontname
;
7838 struct font_info
*fontp
7839 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7844 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7845 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7846 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7848 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7849 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7851 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7853 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7854 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7856 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7857 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7858 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7862 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7863 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7866 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7867 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7869 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7870 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7871 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7872 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7873 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7874 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7876 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7877 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7878 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7879 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7880 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7883 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7886 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7887 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7888 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7889 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7892 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7896 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7902 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7903 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7905 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7907 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7909 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7910 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7913 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7914 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7918 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7919 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7922 return build_string (fontsetname
);
7926 /***********************************************************************
7928 ***********************************************************************/
7934 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7935 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7936 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7939 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
7941 XPointer client_data
;
7944 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7945 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7949 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7950 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7952 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7953 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7955 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7956 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7960 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7961 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7962 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7966 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7969 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7970 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
7973 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7974 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7977 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
7978 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7979 char *resource_name
;
7986 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7993 XIMCallback destroy
;
7996 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7997 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8000 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8001 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8002 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8008 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8009 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8013 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8017 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8018 char *resource_name
;
8021 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8022 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8023 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8024 when the callback was registered. */
8027 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8029 XPointer client_data
;
8032 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8033 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8035 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8039 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8041 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8042 as they have no XIC. */
8043 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8045 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8048 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8050 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8053 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8054 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8056 create_frame_xic (f
);
8057 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8058 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8059 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8061 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8062 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8071 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8074 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8075 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8076 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8077 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8080 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8081 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8082 char *resource_name
;
8087 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8088 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8091 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8092 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8093 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8094 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8095 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8096 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8097 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8098 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8099 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8100 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8101 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8102 least, hence the configure test. */
8103 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8104 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8105 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8106 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8107 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8111 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8112 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8116 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8119 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8120 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8125 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8126 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8127 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8129 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8130 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8131 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8132 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8133 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8134 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8136 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8139 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8143 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8144 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8147 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8150 int win_x
= 0, win_y
= 0;
8151 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8153 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8154 is already for the top-left corner. */
8155 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8158 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8159 position that fits on the screen. */
8160 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8161 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8162 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8165 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8167 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8168 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8169 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8171 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8172 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8173 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8174 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8177 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8178 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8180 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8183 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8184 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8187 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8188 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8189 so the flags should correspond. */
8190 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8193 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8194 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8195 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8196 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8197 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8200 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8202 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8205 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8207 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8211 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8213 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8215 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8216 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8218 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8221 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8223 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8224 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8226 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8228 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8229 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8230 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8231 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8232 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8235 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8236 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8238 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8239 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8241 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8242 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8243 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8249 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8250 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8252 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8255 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8257 int width
, height
, ign
;
8259 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8261 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8263 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8264 when setting WM manager hints.
8265 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8266 x_check_expected_move. */
8267 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8269 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8270 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8271 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8273 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8274 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8279 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8281 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8282 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8283 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8284 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8286 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8289 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8291 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8292 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8294 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8296 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8297 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8298 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8300 f
->left_pos
= expect_left
;
8301 f
->top_pos
= expect_top
;
8302 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 0);
8304 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8305 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8307 /* Just do this once */
8308 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8313 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8314 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8315 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8316 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8319 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8324 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8326 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8327 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8328 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8330 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8331 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8332 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8334 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8336 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8337 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8339 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8340 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8342 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8343 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8344 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8346 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8347 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8348 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8349 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8351 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8352 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8353 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8354 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8355 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8357 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8359 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8360 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8361 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8363 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8364 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8365 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8366 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8367 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8369 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8373 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8374 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8375 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8376 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8379 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8387 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8388 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8390 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8393 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8395 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8396 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8397 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8398 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8399 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8400 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8401 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8402 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8403 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8406 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8408 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8410 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8412 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8414 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8415 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8417 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8418 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8419 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8420 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8421 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8426 /* Mouse warping. */
8429 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8435 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8436 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8438 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8439 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8441 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8442 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8446 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8447 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8451 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8454 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8460 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8461 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8465 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8468 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8471 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8475 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8476 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8477 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8478 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8479 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8488 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8489 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8490 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8491 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8495 /* Raise frame F. */
8501 if (f
->async_visible
)
8504 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8505 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8510 /* Lower frame F. */
8516 if (f
->async_visible
)
8519 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8520 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8526 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8536 /* Change of visibility. */
8538 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8539 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8540 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8541 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8542 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8543 finishes with it. */
8546 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8550 int original_top
, original_left
;
8551 int retry_count
= 2;
8557 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8559 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8561 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8563 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8564 call x_set_offset a second time
8565 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8566 before the window gets really visible. */
8567 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8568 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8569 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8571 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8573 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8574 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8575 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8576 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8577 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8578 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8580 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8581 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8583 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8584 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8585 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8586 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8587 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8588 to come back ok without this. */
8589 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8590 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8594 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8596 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8597 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8598 so that incoming events are handled. */
8602 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8603 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8604 will set it when they are handled. */
8605 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8607 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8608 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8610 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8613 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8615 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8616 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8617 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8618 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8620 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8621 because the window manager may choose the position
8622 and we don't want to override it. */
8624 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8625 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8626 && previously_visible
)
8630 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8634 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8635 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8636 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8637 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8638 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8639 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8640 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8641 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8642 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8644 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8645 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8646 original_left
, original_top
);
8651 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8653 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8654 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8655 MapNotify at all.. */
8656 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8657 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8659 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8662 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8663 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8664 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8665 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8666 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8668 if (input_polling_used ())
8670 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8671 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8672 handler reset it. */
8673 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8674 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8675 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8676 poll_for_input_1 ();
8677 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8680 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8681 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8686 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8690 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8691 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8692 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8693 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8695 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8700 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8702 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8705 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8710 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8711 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8713 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8714 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8715 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8717 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8718 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8724 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8725 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8726 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8727 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8728 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8729 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8732 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8733 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8739 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8740 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8742 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8743 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8745 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8747 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8748 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8752 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8753 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8754 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8755 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8756 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8757 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8759 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8762 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8763 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8767 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8768 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8769 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8772 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8773 just by the event that we get from the server.
8774 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8775 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8776 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8778 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8779 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8780 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8787 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8796 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8797 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8798 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8800 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8805 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8807 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8809 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8812 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8814 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8815 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8817 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8820 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8821 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8827 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8829 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8831 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8832 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8833 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8834 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8835 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8836 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8837 so we have to record it here. */
8840 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8841 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8846 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8847 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8848 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8852 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8854 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8855 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8859 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8861 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8863 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8864 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8865 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8866 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8868 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8869 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8871 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8872 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8876 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8877 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8878 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8879 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8880 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8882 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8883 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8885 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8888 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8889 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8893 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8895 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8897 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8899 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8900 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8903 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8904 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8906 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8908 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8912 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
8915 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
8918 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8920 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
8924 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
8925 commands to the X server. */
8926 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8928 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
8929 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
8931 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8932 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
8933 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
8934 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
8935 toolkit scroll bars. */
8936 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
8938 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
8939 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
8948 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8949 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
8951 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8952 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
8954 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
8955 we are using a toolkit. */
8956 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8957 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8959 free_frame_menubar (f
);
8960 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8963 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
8964 frames. We must check and free both types. */
8965 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8967 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8968 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
8969 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
8971 #endif /* USE_GTK */
8973 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8974 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8975 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8977 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
8978 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
8979 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
8980 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
8981 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
8982 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
8984 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
8985 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
8986 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
8987 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
8988 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8989 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
8990 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
8991 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
8992 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
8993 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
8994 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8995 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
8996 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
8997 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
8998 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9000 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9001 free_frame_faces (f
);
9004 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9007 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9008 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9010 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9011 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9013 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9014 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9015 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9016 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9017 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9018 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9020 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9022 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9023 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9024 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9025 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9026 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9027 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9028 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9035 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9038 x_destroy_window (f
)
9041 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9043 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9044 commands to the X server. */
9045 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9046 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9048 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9052 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9054 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9055 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9056 that the window now has.
9057 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9058 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9059 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9063 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9068 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9070 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9073 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9076 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9078 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9079 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9081 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9082 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9084 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9085 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9086 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9087 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9088 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9089 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9090 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9091 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9092 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9093 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9095 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9096 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9097 size_hints
.max_width
9098 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9099 size_hints
.max_height
9100 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9102 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9104 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9105 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9106 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9108 int base_width
, base_height
;
9109 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9111 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9112 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9114 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9116 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9117 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9118 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9119 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9120 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9122 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9123 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9124 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9127 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9128 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9129 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9130 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9131 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9133 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9134 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9138 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9141 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9144 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9147 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9148 long supplied_return
;
9152 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9155 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9158 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9159 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9160 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9161 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9162 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9166 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9171 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9172 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9173 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9174 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9175 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9176 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9177 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9178 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9182 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9187 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9188 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9192 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9193 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9195 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9198 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9200 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9203 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9205 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9208 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9212 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9215 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9216 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9217 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9218 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9220 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9221 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9223 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9224 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9228 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9232 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9234 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9235 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9240 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9241 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9242 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9243 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9247 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9248 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9249 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9250 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9251 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9252 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9253 best to explicitly give up. */
9255 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9256 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9262 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9266 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9267 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9268 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9269 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9272 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9274 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9275 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9277 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9281 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9285 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9287 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9288 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9289 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9291 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9295 /***********************************************************************
9297 ***********************************************************************/
9299 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9302 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9306 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9310 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9312 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9315 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9317 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9318 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9319 on how many fonts to match. */
9322 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9324 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9328 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9329 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9330 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9331 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9332 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9333 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9335 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9339 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9343 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9344 if (NILP (patterns
))
9345 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9347 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9348 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9349 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9351 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9354 char **names
= NULL
;
9356 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9357 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9358 The cache is an alist of the form:
9359 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9360 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9361 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9362 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9363 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9366 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9367 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9371 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9374 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9376 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9379 unsigned long value
;
9381 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9382 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9384 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9385 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9387 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9391 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9393 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9394 int len
= strlen (name
);
9397 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9398 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9399 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9401 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9405 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9406 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9408 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9409 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9414 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9417 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9420 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9422 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9423 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9430 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9431 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9434 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9443 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9446 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9448 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9449 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9451 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9455 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9462 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9463 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9464 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9468 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9470 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9471 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9472 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9473 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9474 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9475 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9480 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9482 else if (dashes
== 9)
9484 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9485 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9488 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9489 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9491 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9492 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9494 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9495 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9496 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9498 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9499 width of this font. */
9500 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9502 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9503 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9508 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9511 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9516 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9517 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9518 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9521 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9523 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9524 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9525 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9531 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9535 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9539 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9541 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9542 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9543 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9546 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9547 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9548 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9549 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9551 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9552 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9554 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9556 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9562 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9564 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9566 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9570 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9571 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9572 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9573 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9576 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9577 if (found_size
== size
)
9578 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9579 else if (found_size
> 0)
9581 if (NILP (second_best
))
9583 else if (found_size
< size
)
9585 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9586 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9591 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9592 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9597 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9599 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9601 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9612 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9616 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9621 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9623 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9625 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9626 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9627 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9630 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9633 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9635 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9636 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9637 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9638 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9639 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9642 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9646 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9647 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9649 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9650 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9651 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9653 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9657 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9658 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9659 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9660 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9661 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9664 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9668 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9670 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9671 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9673 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9674 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9676 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9677 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9679 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9682 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9683 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9684 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9686 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9687 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9690 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9691 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9693 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9694 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9695 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9699 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9700 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9701 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9702 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9705 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9707 register char *fontname
;
9710 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9711 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9714 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9715 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9716 we already have by comparing names. */
9717 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9719 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9724 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9725 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9726 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9727 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9728 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9729 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9730 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9731 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9734 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9738 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9739 unsigned long value
;
9742 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9743 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9744 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9745 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9746 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9747 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9748 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9751 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9752 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9753 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9755 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9756 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9758 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9760 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9765 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9766 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9767 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9770 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9771 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9772 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9775 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9776 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9778 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9781 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9782 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9785 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9787 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9789 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9790 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9791 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9793 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9795 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9797 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9801 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9802 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9804 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9815 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9816 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9823 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9825 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9827 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9828 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9830 if (NILP (font_names
))
9832 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9833 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9834 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9835 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9836 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9837 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9840 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9842 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9843 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9845 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9848 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9850 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9852 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9853 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9855 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9859 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9860 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9861 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9862 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9863 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9864 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
9865 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9866 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9868 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
9870 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9871 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9872 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9873 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
9874 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
9876 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
9877 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
9878 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9879 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9880 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
9881 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
9882 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
9883 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
9884 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9885 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9886 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
9887 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
9888 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
9890 fontp
->baseline_offset
9891 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
9892 ? (long) value
: 0);
9893 fontp
->relative_compose
9894 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
9895 ? (long) value
: 0);
9896 fontp
->default_ascent
9897 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
9898 ? (long) value
: 0);
9900 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
9901 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
9902 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
9903 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
9904 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
9905 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
9912 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
9913 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
9916 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
9918 register char *fontname
;
9920 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9923 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9924 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9925 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
9926 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
9927 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9932 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
9933 `encoder' of the structure. */
9936 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
9937 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9939 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
9942 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9946 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
9947 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
9949 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
9956 struct ccl_program
*ccl
9957 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
9959 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
9962 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
9968 /***********************************************************************
9970 ***********************************************************************/
9972 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9973 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9974 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9975 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9977 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9978 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9979 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9981 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9982 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9983 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9984 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9985 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9986 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9987 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9989 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9991 static int x_initialized
;
9994 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9995 the screen number from the server number. */
9997 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
9998 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10000 int seen_colon
= 0;
10001 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10002 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10003 int length_until_period
= 0;
10005 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10006 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10007 length_until_period
++;
10009 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10010 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10012 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10014 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10015 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10016 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10017 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10018 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10019 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10020 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10021 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10022 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10023 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10024 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10025 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10026 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10027 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10029 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10033 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10037 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10038 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10042 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10043 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10046 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10047 unsigned long mask
;
10054 while (!(mask
& 1))
10070 struct x_display_info
*
10071 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10072 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10074 char *resource_name
;
10078 struct display
*display
;
10079 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10084 if (!x_initialized
)
10092 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10094 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10095 char **argv2
= argv
;
10098 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10100 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10101 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10102 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10103 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10104 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10108 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10112 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10114 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10116 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10117 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10120 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10121 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10124 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10127 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10129 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10133 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10135 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10136 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10138 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10140 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10141 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10142 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10144 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10145 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10146 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10148 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10149 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10154 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10155 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10158 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10159 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10160 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10162 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10163 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10164 So let's not use it until R6. */
10165 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10166 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10177 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10178 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10180 turn_on_atimers (0);
10181 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10182 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10183 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10185 turn_on_atimers (1);
10187 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10188 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10193 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10195 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10197 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10198 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10199 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10201 /* Detect failure. */
10208 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10210 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10211 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10213 display
= x_create_frame_display (dpyinfo
);
10215 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10217 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10220 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10221 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10222 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10223 SDATA (display_name
)))
10226 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10229 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10230 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10231 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10233 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10235 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10236 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10237 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10241 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10242 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10243 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10244 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10245 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10246 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10247 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10249 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10253 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10254 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10255 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10257 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10258 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10259 x_display_name_list
);
10260 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10262 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10264 /* Set the name of the display. */
10265 display
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10266 strncpy (display
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10267 display
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10270 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10274 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10275 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10277 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10278 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10280 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10281 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10283 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10285 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10286 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10287 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10289 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10290 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10292 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10293 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10294 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10295 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10297 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10299 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10301 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10303 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10304 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10305 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10306 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10307 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10308 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10309 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10310 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10311 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10312 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10313 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10314 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10315 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10316 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10317 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10318 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10319 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10320 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10321 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10322 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10323 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10324 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10325 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10326 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10327 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10328 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10329 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10330 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10331 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10332 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10333 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10334 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10335 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10337 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10338 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10339 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10341 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10343 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10344 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10345 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10346 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10347 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10348 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10351 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10352 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10354 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10357 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10358 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10359 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10361 if (STRINGP (value
)
10362 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10363 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10364 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10368 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10369 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10372 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10373 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10374 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10375 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10376 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10377 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10378 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10379 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10380 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10383 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10384 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10385 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10386 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10387 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10388 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10389 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10390 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10391 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10392 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10393 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10394 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10395 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10396 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10397 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10398 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10399 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10400 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10401 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10402 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10403 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10404 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10405 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10406 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10407 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10408 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10409 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10410 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10411 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10412 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10413 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10414 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10415 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10416 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10417 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10418 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10419 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10420 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10421 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10422 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10423 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10424 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10425 /* For properties of font. */
10426 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10427 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10428 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10429 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10430 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10431 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10432 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10433 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10435 /* Ghostscript support. */
10436 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10437 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10439 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10442 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10444 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10445 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10450 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10452 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10453 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10454 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10459 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10460 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10462 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10464 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10465 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10469 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10472 #ifdef subprocesses
10473 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10474 if (connection
!= 0)
10475 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10478 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10480 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10481 /* stdin is a socket here */
10482 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10483 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10484 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10485 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10486 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10487 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10490 if (interrupt_input
)
10491 init_sigio (connection
);
10492 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10495 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10496 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10497 so that Xt does not crash. */
10499 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10500 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10504 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10505 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10506 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10507 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10508 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10509 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10510 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10511 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10513 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10514 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10515 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10520 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10521 for debugging X code. */
10524 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10525 build_string ("synchronous"),
10526 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10528 if (STRINGP (value
)
10529 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10530 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10531 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10536 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10537 build_string ("useXIM"),
10538 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10541 if (STRINGP (value
)
10542 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10543 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10546 if (STRINGP (value
)
10547 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10548 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10554 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10555 if (x_initialized
== 1)
10556 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10564 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10565 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10568 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10569 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10574 /* Delete the generic struct display for this X display. */
10576 for (d
= display_list
; d
; d
= d
->next_display
)
10577 if (d
->type
== output_x_window
&& d
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10579 delete_display (d
);
10584 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10586 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10587 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10588 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10589 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10590 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10595 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10596 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10598 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10600 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10603 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10607 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10608 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10610 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10611 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10614 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10616 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10617 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10618 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10621 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10622 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10623 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10626 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10627 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10628 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10632 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10635 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10636 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10637 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10639 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10640 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10641 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10644 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
&& dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10645 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10647 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
)
10648 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10649 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10650 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10654 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10656 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10657 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10658 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10659 that slows us down. */
10662 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10663 struct atimer
*timer
;
10665 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10668 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10669 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10674 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10677 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10679 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10681 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10683 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10687 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10689 x_after_update_window_line
,
10690 x_update_window_begin
,
10691 x_update_window_end
,
10697 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10699 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10700 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10701 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10702 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10703 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10704 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10707 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10708 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10709 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10710 x_clear_frame_area
,
10711 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10712 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10713 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10717 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10719 x_delete_frame_display (struct display
*display
)
10721 /* We don't do anything, the connection to the X server must remain
10727 x_create_frame_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10729 struct display
*display
;
10731 display
= create_display ();
10733 display
->type
= output_x_window
;
10734 display
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10735 dpyinfo
->frame_display
= display
;
10737 display
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10738 display
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10739 display
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10740 display
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10741 display
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10742 display
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10743 display
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10744 display
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10745 display
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10746 display
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10747 display
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10748 display
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10749 display
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10750 display
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10751 display
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10752 display
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10753 display
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10754 display
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10756 display
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10757 display
->delete_display_hook
= x_delete_frame_display
;
10759 display
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10760 display
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10761 display
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10762 display
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10763 display
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10764 display
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10776 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10777 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10778 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10781 current_count
= -1;
10784 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10785 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10787 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10788 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10790 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10792 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10793 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10794 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10795 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10796 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10797 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10798 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10800 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10802 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10803 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10804 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10805 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10806 widgets don't behave normally. */
10808 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10809 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10810 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10814 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10816 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10817 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10821 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10822 original error handler. */
10823 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10824 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10826 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10827 #if 0 /* Don't. We may want to open tty frames later. */
10829 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10830 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10833 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10840 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
10841 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
10843 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10844 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10846 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10847 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10849 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10850 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10852 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
10853 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
10854 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10855 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10857 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10858 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10860 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10861 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10862 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10863 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10864 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10865 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10866 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10868 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10869 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10870 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10871 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10872 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10873 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10874 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10875 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10876 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10878 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10879 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10880 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10881 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10882 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10884 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10885 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10886 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10888 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10890 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10893 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10896 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10897 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10899 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10900 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10901 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10902 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10903 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10904 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10905 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10906 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10907 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10909 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10910 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10911 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10912 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10913 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10914 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10916 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10917 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10918 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10919 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10920 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10921 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10923 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10924 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10925 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10926 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10927 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10928 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10930 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10931 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10932 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10933 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10934 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10935 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10937 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10938 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10939 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10940 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10941 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10945 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10947 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10948 (do not change this comment) */